diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'REORG.TODO/intl')
50 files changed, 10280 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/Depend b/REORG.TODO/intl/Depend new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..981111e299 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/Depend @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +iconvdata +localedata diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/Makefile b/REORG.TODO/intl/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60d5d24fa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +# Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Makefile for intl subdirectory: message handling code from GNU gettext. + +subdir = intl + +include ../Makeconfig + +headers = libintl.h +routines = bindtextdom dcgettext dgettext gettext \ + dcigettext dcngettext dngettext ngettext \ + finddomain loadmsgcat localealias textdomain +aux = l10nflist explodename plural plural-exp hash-string + +multithread-test-srcs := tst-gettext4 tst-gettext5 tst-gettext6 +test-srcs := tst-gettext tst-translit tst-gettext2 tst-codeset tst-gettext3 +ifeq ($(have-thread-library),yes) +test-srcs += $(multithread-test-srcs) +endif +tests = tst-ngettext + +before-compile += $(objpfx)msgs.h + +install-others = $(inst_localedir)/locale.alias + +generated += msgs.h mtrace-tst-gettext.out tst-gettext.mtrace +generated-dirs += domaindir localedir + +ifneq (no,$(BISON)) +plural.c: plural.y + $(BISON) $(BISONFLAGS) $@ $^ +endif +$(objpfx)plural.o: plural.c + +ifeq ($(run-built-tests),yes) +ifeq (yes,$(build-shared)) +ifneq ($(strip $(MSGFMT)),:) +tests-special += $(objpfx)tst-translit.out $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out \ + $(objpfx)tst-gettext2.out $(objpfx)tst-codeset.out \ + $(objpfx)tst-gettext3.out +ifeq ($(have-thread-library),yes) +tests-special += $(objpfx)tst-gettext4.out $(objpfx)tst-gettext5.out \ + $(objpfx)tst-gettext6.out +endif +ifneq (no,$(PERL)) +tests-special += $(objpfx)mtrace-tst-gettext.out +endif +endif +endif +endif + +include ../Rules + +ifeq ($(run-built-tests),yes) +ifeq (yes,$(build-shared)) +# Multiple tests use this data. Create it once to avoid racing and +# spurious test failures. +codeset_mo = $(objpfx)domaindir/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/codeset.mo + +$(codeset_mo): tstcodeset.po + $(make-target-directory) + msgfmt -o $@T $< + mv -f $@T $@ + +$(objpfx)mtrace-tst-gettext.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out + $(common-objpfx)malloc/mtrace $(objpfx)tst-gettext.mtrace > $@; \ + $(evaluate-test) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext.out: tst-gettext.sh $(objpfx)tst-gettext + $(SHELL) $< $(common-objpfx) '$(test-program-prefix-before-env)' \ + '$(run-program-env)' '$(test-program-prefix-after-env)' \ + $(common-objpfx)intl/ $(objpfx)tst-gettext.mtrace; \ + $(evaluate-test) +$(objpfx)tst-translit.out: tst-translit.sh $(objpfx)tst-translit + $(SHELL) $< $(common-objpfx) '$(test-program-prefix)' \ + $(common-objpfx)intl/; \ + $(evaluate-test) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext2.out: tst-gettext2.sh $(objpfx)tst-gettext2 + $(SHELL) $< $(common-objpfx) '$(test-program-prefix-before-env)' \ + '$(run-program-env)' '$(test-program-prefix-after-env)' \ + $(common-objpfx)intl/; \ + $(evaluate-test) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext4.out: tst-gettext4.sh $(objpfx)tst-gettext4 + $(SHELL) $< $(common-objpfx) '$(test-program-prefix)' $(common-objpfx)intl/; \ + $(evaluate-test) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext6.out: tst-gettext6.sh $(objpfx)tst-gettext6 + $(SHELL) $< $(common-objpfx) '$(test-program-prefix)' $(common-objpfx)intl/; \ + $(evaluate-test) + +$(objpfx)tst-codeset.out: $(codeset_mo) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext3.out: $(codeset_mo) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext5.out: $(codeset_mo) +endif + +LOCALES := de_DE.ISO-8859-1 de_DE.UTF-8 en_US.ANSI_X3.4-1968 fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 \ + ja_JP.UTF-8 +include ../gen-locales.mk + +$(objpfx)tst-codeset.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext2.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext3.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext4.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext5.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-gettext6.out: $(gen-locales) +$(objpfx)tst-translit.out: $(gen-locales) +endif + +$(objpfx)msgs.h: po2test.awk ../po/de.po + $(make-target-directory) + LC_ALL=C $(AWK) -f $^ > $@ + +CFLAGS-tst-gettext.c = -DTESTSTRS_H=\"$(objpfx)msgs.h\" +CFLAGS-tst-translit.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-gettext2.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-codeset.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-gettext3.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-gettext4.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-gettext5.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" +CFLAGS-tst-gettext6.c = -DOBJPFX=\"$(objpfx)\" + +ifeq ($(have-thread-library),yes) +ifeq (yes,$(build-shared)) +$(addprefix $(objpfx),$(multithread-test-srcs)): $(shared-thread-library) +else +$(addprefix $(objpfx),$(multithread-test-srcs)): $(static-thread-library) +endif +endif + +$(objpfx)tst-translit.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-gettext2.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-codeset.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-gettext3.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-gettext4.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-gettext5.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out +$(objpfx)tst-gettext6.out: $(objpfx)tst-gettext.out + +CPPFLAGS += -D'LOCALEDIR="$(localedir)"' \ + -D'LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH="$(localedir)"' +BISONFLAGS = --yacc --name-prefix=__gettext --output + +$(inst_localedir)/locale.alias: locale.alias $(+force) + $(do-install) diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/Versions b/REORG.TODO/intl/Versions new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d76982dbe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/Versions @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +libc { + GLIBC_2.0 { + # global variables + _nl_msg_cat_cntr; _nl_default_dirname; _nl_domain_bindings; + + # functions used in inline functions or macros + __dcgettext; + + # functions used in other libraries + __dgettext; + + # b* + bindtextdomain; + + # d* + dcgettext; dgettext; gettext; + + # t* + textdomain; + } + GLIBC_2.2 { + # b* + bind_textdomain_codeset; + + # d* + dcngettext; dngettext; + + # n* + ngettext; + } +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/bindtextdom.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86ae7f2501 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/dcgettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52b089e293 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +libc_hidden_def (__dcgettext) +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/dcigettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3843b7cbdf --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1720 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. + Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ +# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ + || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 +# else +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE +# include <signal.h> +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined _LIBC +# include "localcharset.h" +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <libintl.h> +# endif +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strdup __strdup +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +# if VMS +# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); +# endif +#endif + +/* Use a replacement if the system does not provide the `tsearch' function + family. */ +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include <search.h> +#else +# define tsearch libintl_tsearch +# define tfind libintl_tfind +# define tdelete libintl_tdelete +# define twalk libintl_twalk +# include "tsearch.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (__pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : __pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* Whether to support different locales in different threads. */ +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_USELOCALE || defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +# define HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + const char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + /* Name of the relevant locale category, or "" for the global locale. */ + const char *localename; +#endif + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* The character encoding. */ + const char *encoding; +#endif + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + union + { + char appended[ZERO]; /* used if domain != NULL */ + const char *ptr; /* used if domain == NULL */ + } + msgid; +}; + +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, tree_lock) + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. */ +static void *root; + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int +transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->domain != NULL ? s1->msgid.appended : s1->msgid.ptr, + s2->domain != NULL ? s2->msgid.appended : s2->msgid.ptr); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + { +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->localename, s2->localename); + if (result == 0) +#endif + { +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->encoding, s2->encoding); + if (result == 0) +#endif + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden + = _nl_default_default_domain; +#endif + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +#if defined __EMX__ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; +# ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_data_def (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname, + const char *localename) + internal_function; +#else +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname) + internal_function; +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# define category_to_name(category) \ + _nl_category_names.str + _nl_category_name_idxs[category] +#else +static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; +#endif +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) + internal_function; +#endif + + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old->address); \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ +#include "eval-plural.h" + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char * +gl_dcigettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, + int category, + const char *localename, const char *encoding) +#else +char * +DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) +#endif +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + const char *dirname; + char *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; + struct known_translation_t search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; +#if defined HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *localename; +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) + /* Bogus. */ + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_define (extern, __libc_setlocale_lock attribute_hidden) + __libc_rwlock_rdlock (__libc_setlocale_lock); +#endif + + gl_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT + if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) + category = LC_MESSAGES; +#endif + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search.domain = NULL; + search.msgid.ptr = msgid1; + search.domainname = domainname; + search.category = category; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# ifdef _LIBC + localename = strdupa (__current_locale_name (category)); +# else + categoryname = category_to_name (category); +# define CATEGORYNAME_INITIALIZED + localename = _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (category, categoryname); + if (localename == NULL) + localename = ""; +# endif +# endif + search.localename = localename; +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + search.encoding = encoding; +# endif + + /* Since tfind/tsearch manage a balanced tree, concurrent tfind and + tsearch calls can be fatal. */ + gl_rwlock_rdlock (tree_lock); + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (&search, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +# ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_unlock (__libc_setlocale_lock); +# endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* We can use a trivial binding, since _nl_find_msg will ignore it anyway, + and _nl_load_domain and _nl_find_domain just pass it through. */ + binding = NULL; + dirname = bindtextdomain (domainname, NULL); +#else + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + dirname = binding->dirname; +#endif + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (dirname)) + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *resolved_dirname; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + resolved_dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, tmp_dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (resolved_dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + goto return_untranslated; + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (resolved_dirname, '\0'), "/"), dirname); + dirname = resolved_dirname; + } +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + } +#endif + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ +#ifndef CATEGORYNAME_INITIALIZED + categoryname = category_to_name (category); +#endif +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname, localename); +#else + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); +#endif + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy ((char *) mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + break; + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + /* Resource problems are not fatal, instead we return no + translation. */ + if (__builtin_expect (retval == (char *) -1, 0)) + goto return_untranslated; + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Returning -1 means that some resource problem exists + (likely memory) and that the strings could not be + converted. Return the original strings. */ + if (__builtin_expect (retval == (char *) -1, 0)) + break; + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + size_t msgid_len; + size_t size; + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + size = offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + size += strlen (localename) + 1; +#endif + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) malloc (size); + if (newp != NULL) + { + char *new_domainname; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + char *new_localename; +#endif + + new_domainname = + (char *) mempcpy (newp->msgid.appended, msgid1, + msgid_len); + memcpy (new_domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + new_localename = new_domainname + domainname_len + 1; + strcpy (new_localename, localename); +#endif + newp->domainname = new_domainname; + newp->category = category; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + newp->localename = new_localename; +#endif +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + newp->encoding = encoding; +#endif + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (tree_lock); + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } + + __set_errno (saved_errno); + + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_unlock (__libc_setlocale_lock); +#endif + return retval; + } + } + } + + return_untranslated: + /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_unlock (__libc_setlocale_lock); +#endif +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!ENABLE_SECURE) + { + extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural); + const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); + + if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') + _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +} + + +/* Look up the translation of msgid within DOMAIN_FILE and DOMAINBINDING. + Return it if found. Return NULL if not found or in case of a conversion + failure (problem in the particular message catalog). Return (char *) -1 + in case of a memory allocation failure during conversion (only if + ENCODING != NULL resp. CONVERT == true). */ +char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) +#else +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, int convert, + size_t *lengthp) +#endif +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + nstrings = domain->nstrings; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + nstr--; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (nstr < nstrings + ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) + == 0) + : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + if (act < nstrings) + { + result = (char *) + (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + } + else + { + result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; + resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; + } + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + if (encoding != NULL) +# else + if (convert) +# endif + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. */ +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *encoding = get_output_charset (domainbinding); +# endif + size_t nconversions; + struct converted_domain *convd; + size_t i; + + /* Protect against reallocation of the table. */ + gl_rwlock_rdlock (domain->conversions_lock); + + /* Search whether a table with converted translations for this + encoding has already been allocated. */ + nconversions = domain->nconversions; + convd = NULL; + + for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) + { + i--; + if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) + { + convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + break; + } + } + + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + + if (convd == NULL) + { + /* We have to allocate a new conversions table. */ + gl_rwlock_wrlock (domain->conversions_lock); + nconversions = domain->nconversions; + + /* Maybe in the meantime somebody added the translation. + Recheck. */ + for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) + { + i--; + if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) + { + convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + goto found_convd; + } + } + + { + /* Allocate a table for the converted translations for this + encoding. */ + struct converted_domain *new_conversions = + (struct converted_domain *) + (domain->conversions != NULL + ? realloc (domain->conversions, + (nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain)) + : malloc ((nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain))); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_conversions == NULL, 0)) + { + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + unlock_fail: + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + return (char *) -1; + } + + domain->conversions = new_conversions; + + /* Copy the 'encoding' string to permanent storage. */ + encoding = strdup (encoding); + if (__builtin_expect (encoding == NULL, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + goto unlock_fail; + + convd = &new_conversions[nconversions]; + convd->encoding = encoding; + + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the 'charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +# endif + { + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Get the header entry. This is a recursion, but it doesn't + reallocate domain->conversions because we pass + encoding = NULL or convert = 0, respectively. */ + nullentry = +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", + &nullentrylen); +# else + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +# endif + + /* Resource problems are fatal. If we continue onwards we will + only attempt to calloc a new conv_tab and fail later. */ + if (__builtin_expect (nullentry == (char *) -1, 0)) + return (char *) -1; + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + outcharset = encoding; + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, ""); + int r = __gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &convd->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV); + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_OK, 0)) + { + /* If the output encoding is the same there is + nothing to do. Otherwise do not use the + translation at all. */ + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_NULCONV, 1)) + { + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + free ((char *) encoding); + return NULL; + } + + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; + } +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, + we want to use transliteration. */ +# if (((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2) \ + && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) + { + char *tmp; + + len = strlen (outcharset); + tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); + + freea (outcharset); + } + else +# endif + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } + } + } + convd->conv_tab = NULL; + /* Here domain->conversions is still == new_conversions. */ + domain->nconversions++; + } + + found_convd: + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + /* This lock primarily protects the memory management variables + freemem, freemem_size. It also protects write accesses to + convd->conv_tab. It's not worth using a separate lock (such + as domain->conversions_lock) for this purpose, because when + modifying convd->conv_tab, we also need to lock freemem, + freemem_size for most of the time. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + + if (__builtin_expect (convd->conv_tab == NULL, 0)) + { + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + if (convd->conv_tab == NULL) + { + convd->conv_tab = + (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, + sizeof (char *)); + if (convd->conv_tab != NULL) + goto not_translated_yet; + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + convd->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + } + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + if (__builtin_expect (convd->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + return (char *) -1; + + if (convd->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + not_translated_yet: + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (convd->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + /* We should not use the translation at all, it + is incorrectly encoded. */ + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (convd->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = newmem; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + { + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + } + /* Fall through and return -1. */ +# endif + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return (char *) -1; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + freemem = (unsigned char *) newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + convd->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now convd->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = convd->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) convd->conv_tab[act]; + } + } + + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (int category) +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} +#endif + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables + or system-dependent defaults. */ +static const char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname, + const char *locale) + +#else +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) +#endif +{ + const char *language; +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *locale; +# ifndef _LIBC + const char *language_default; + int locale_defaulted; +# endif +#endif + + /* We use the settings in the following order: + 1. The value of the environment variable 'LANGUAGE'. This is a GNU + extension. Its value can be a colon-separated list of locale names. + 2. The value of the environment variable 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', or 'LANG'. + More precisely, the first among these that is set to a non-empty value. + This is how POSIX specifies it. The value is a single locale name. + 3. A system-dependent preference list of languages. Its value can be a + colon-separated list of locale names. + 4. A system-dependent default locale name. + This way: + - System-dependent settings can be overridden by environment variables. + - If the system provides both a list of languages and a default locale, + the former is used. */ + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* Fetch the locale name, through the POSIX method of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + locale = __current_locale_name (category); +# else + locale_defaulted = 0; +# if HAVE_USELOCALE + locale = _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (category, categoryname); + if (locale == NULL) +# endif + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); + if (locale == NULL) + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_default (); + locale_defaulted = 1; + } + } +# endif +#endif + + /* Ignore LANGUAGE and its system-dependent analogon if the locale is set + to "C" because + 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international + messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed + as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit + characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII + characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. + 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified + by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like + "LANGUAGE" or system-dependent information. We allow such programs + to use gettext(). */ + if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0) + return locale; + + /* The highest priority value is the value of the 'LANGUAGE' environment + variable. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] != '\0') + return language; +#if !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE && !defined _LIBC + /* The next priority value is the locale name, if not defaulted. */ + if (locale_defaulted) + { + /* The next priority value is the default language preferences list. */ + language_default = _nl_language_preferences_default (); + if (language_default != NULL) + return language_default; + } + /* The least priority value is the locale name, if defaulted. */ +#endif + return locale; +} + +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Returns the output charset. */ +static const char * +internal_function +get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the locale. But + sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly set up, so we provide + a possibility for the user to override this: the OUTPUT_CHARSET + environment variable. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + return domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + /* For speed reasons, we look at the value of OUTPUT_CHARSET only + once. This is a user variable that is not supposed to change + during a program run. */ + static char *output_charset_cache; + static int output_charset_cached; + + if (!output_charset_cached) + { + const char *value = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + + if (value != NULL && value[0] != '\0') + { + size_t len = strlen (value) + 1; + char *value_copy = (char *) malloc (len); + + if (value_copy != NULL) + memcpy (value_copy, value, len); + output_charset_cache = value_copy; + } + output_charset_cached = 1; + } + + if (output_charset_cache != NULL) + return output_charset_cache; + else + { +# ifdef _LIBC + return _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + return locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } +} +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_TSEARCH +# include "tsearch.c" +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/dcngettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70d280cb1e --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/dgettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d48709a26e --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +#else +# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/dngettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcd1f6fc11 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/eval-plural.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/eval-plural.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..664b809c2f --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* Plural expression evaluation. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef STATIC +#define STATIC static +#endif + +/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +STATIC +unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/explodename.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/explodename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa2176d379 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/explodename.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the + rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, + i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ +static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); + +static char * +_nl_find_language (const char *name) +{ + while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.') + ++name; + + return (char *) name; +} + + +int +_nl_explode_name (char *name, + const char **language, const char **modifier, + const char **territory, const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset) +{ + char *cp; + int mask; + + *modifier = NULL; + *territory = NULL; + *codeset = NULL; + *normalized_codeset = NULL; + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = 0; + *language = cp = name; + cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use + this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ + cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); + else + { + if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is the territory. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *territory = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_TERRITORY; + } + + if (cp[0] == '.') + { + /* Next is the codeset. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *codeset = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_CODESET; + + if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') + { + *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, + cp - *codeset); + if (*normalized_codeset == NULL) + return -1; + else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) + free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); + else + mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; + } + } + } + + if (cp[0] == '@') + { + /* Next is the modifier. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *modifier = ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + mask |= XPG_MODIFIER; + } + + if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY; + + if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; + + return mask; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/finddomain.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88fd880dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, + const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) codeset + (2) normalized codeset + (3) territory + (4) modifier + */ + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock); + gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock); + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + + return retval; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset); + if (mask == -1) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, + domainname, 1); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + goto out; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + +out: + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must + be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */ +void __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/gettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9b082b502 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +#else +# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/gettextP.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeb8970852 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +struct loaded_domain; +extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n); +extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); +extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden; +extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) + internal_function attribute_hidden; +#else +/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to + call them under their real name. */ +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# include "libgnuintl.h" +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category, + const char *__localename, const char *__encoding); +# else +extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <byteswap.h> +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +# ifdef __cplusplus +SWAP (nls_uint32 i) +# else +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +# endif +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + size_t length; + /* Pointer to addressed string. */ + const char *pointer; +}; + +/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion. + Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed + basis. */ +struct converted_domain +{ + /* The target encoding name. */ + const char *encoding; + /* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to + this target encoding. */ +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + /* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */ + char **conv_tab; +}; + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; + /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ + int use_mmap; + /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ + size_t mmap_size; + /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; + /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ + void *malloced; + + /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *orig_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *trans_tab; + + /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; + + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; + /* Pointer to hash table. */ + const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap_hash_tab; + + /* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */ + struct converted_domain *conversions; + size_t nconversions; + gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock) + + const struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <glocale/config.h> +extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#else +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#endif + +#ifndef _LIBC +extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void); +# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize +extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name); +# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID +/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid); */ +# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID +/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid); */ +# define gl_locale_name_thread_unsafe _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (int category, + const char *categoryname); +# define gl_locale_name_thread _nl_locale_name_thread +/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread (int category, + const char *categoryname); */ +# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, + const char *categoryname); +# define gl_locale_name_environ _nl_locale_name_environ +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_environ (int category, + const char *categoryname); +# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void); +# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name +/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, + const char *categoryname); */ +#endif + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#else +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, + int convert, size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +#endif + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/gmo.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/gmo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a9a2e7d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/gmo.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#include <limits.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ + + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + + /* The number of system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; + /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ +struct sysdep_segment +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */ +struct segment_pair +{ + /* Size of static segment. */ + nls_uint32 segsize; + /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ + nls_uint32 sysdepref; +}; + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string +{ + /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; + /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. + The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ + struct segment_pair segments[1]; +}; + +/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, + regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ +#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a41273284 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* Implements a string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "hash-string.h" + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +unsigned long int +__hash_string (const char *str_param) +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned char) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21dcb16739 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# ifdef IN_LIBINTL +# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string +# else +# define __hash_string hash_string +# endif +#endif + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param); diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/l10nflist.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7625589d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <string.h> + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include <argz.h> +#endif +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count argz_count +#else +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t +argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify +#else +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void +argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next argz_next +#else +static char * +argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */ + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +#ifndef ARCH_POP +static inline int +pop (int x) +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} +#endif + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, + int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate) +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval = NULL; + last = NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':'); + cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); + *cp++ = '/'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + last = NULL; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + last = retval; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) + * (1 << pop (mask)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + { + free (abs_filename); + return NULL; + } + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + /* If more than one directory is in the list this is a pseudo-entry + which just references others. We do not try to load data for it, + ever. */ + retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + if (last == NULL) + { + retval->next = *l10nfile_list; + *l10nfile_list = retval; + } + else + { + retval->next = last->next; + last->next = retval; + } + + entries = 0; + /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to + a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism + of the inner loop. */ + cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; + for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, + language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) +{ + size_t len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; +#if !IS_IN (libc) + locale_t locale = newlocale (0, "C", NULL); +#else +# define locale _nl_C_locobj_ptr +#endif + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (__isalnum_l ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt], locale)) + { + ++len; + + if (! __isdigit_l ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt], locale)) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (__isalpha_l ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt], locale)) + *wp++ = __tolower_l ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt], locale); + else if (__isdigit_l ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt], locale)) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/libintl.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/libintl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ea214b316 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/libintl.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include <features.h> + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the + maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ + ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1) + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1); + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2); +extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2); + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2); +extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2); + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1) __attribute_format_arg__ (2); + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3); + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, + int __category) + __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3); + + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) __THROW; + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname) __THROW; + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) __THROW; + + +/* Optimized version of the function above. */ +#if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __cplusplus + +/* We need NULL for `gettext'. */ +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> + +/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */ +# include <locale.h> + +/* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the + `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return + false. */ + +# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid) + +# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ + dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) + +# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) + +# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ + dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) + +#endif /* Optimizing. */ + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/loadinfo.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..602ee8213f --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. + Implemented in + + localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. + explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. + l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. + finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. + + The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared + in gettextP.h. + */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1 +#define XPG_CODESET 2 +#define XPG_TERRITORY 4 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 8 + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, + size_t name_len); + +/* Lookup a locale dependent file. + *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent + files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. + DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to + look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). + MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER + are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name(). + FILENAME is the filename suffix. + The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, + or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. + If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and + its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and + furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup + results from which this lookup result inherits. */ +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate); + +/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if + NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). + The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ +/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */ +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, + territory, codeset. + NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and + there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, + *CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or + NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it + is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has + to be freed by the caller. + The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one + filled-in value: + XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER, + XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, + XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, + XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET. + */ +extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4dd75deee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1351 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <assert.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <langinfo.h> +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include <sys/mman.h> +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#include "gmo.h" +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "hash-string.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# include <not-cancel.h> +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN 0 +#endif + +/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. + Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't + use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ +#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId8 +# define PRId8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi8 +# define PRIi8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo8 +# define PRIo8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu8 +# define PRIu8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx8 +# define PRIx8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX8 +# define PRIX8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId16 +# define PRId16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi16 +# define PRIi16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo16 +# define PRIo16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu16 +# define PRIu16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx16 +# define PRIx16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX16 +# define PRIX16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId32 +# define PRId32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi32 +# define PRIi32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo32 +# define PRIo32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu32 +# define PRIu32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx32 +# define PRIx32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX32 +# define PRIX32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId64 +# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi64 +# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo64 +# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu64 +# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx64 +# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX64 +# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST8 +# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST8 +# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST8 +# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST8 +# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST8 +# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST8 +# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST16 +# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST16 +# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST16 +# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST16 +# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST16 +# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST16 +# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST32 +# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST32 +# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST32 +# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST32 +# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST32 +# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST32 +# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST64 +# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST64 +# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST64 +# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST64 +# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST64 +# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST64 +# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST8 +# define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST8 +# define PRIiFAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST8 +# define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST8 +# define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST8 +# define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST8 +# define PRIXFAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST16 +# define PRIdFAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST16 +# define PRIiFAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST16 +# define PRIoFAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST16 +# define PRIuFAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST16 +# define PRIxFAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST16 +# define PRIXFAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST32 +# define PRIdFAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST32 +# define PRIiFAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST32 +# define PRIoFAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST32 +# define PRIuFAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST32 +# define PRIxFAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST32 +# define PRIXFAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST64 +# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST64 +# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST64 +# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST64 +# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST64 +# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST64 +# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdMAX +# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiMAX +# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoMAX +# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuMAX +# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxMAX +# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXMAX +# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdPTR +# define PRIdPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ + "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiPTR +# define PRIiPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ + "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoPTR +# define PRIoPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ + "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuPTR +# define PRIuPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ + "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxPTR +# define PRIxPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ + "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXPTR +# define PRIXPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ + "llX") +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open(name, flags) open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags) +# define close(fd) close_not_cancel_no_status (fd) +# define read(fd, buf, n) read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n) +# define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \ + __mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) +# define munmap(addr, len) __munmap (addr, len) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + +/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ +static const char * +get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) +{ + /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. + Syntax: + P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } + { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ + /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because + data relocations cost startup time. */ + if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') + { + if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' + || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') + { + if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX8; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX16; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX32; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX64; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' + && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') + { + if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' + && name[7] == 'T') + { + if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdMAX; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiMAX; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoMAX; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuMAX; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxMAX; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXMAX; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdPTR; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiPTR; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoPTR; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuPTR; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxPTR; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXPTR; + abort (); + } + } + } + /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ + if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') + { +#if defined _LIBC \ + || ((__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2)) \ + && !defined __UCLIBC__) + /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits + with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is + used for Farsi (Persian), some Indic languages, and maybe Arabic. */ + return "I"; +#else + return ""; +#endif + } + /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock); + int fd = -1; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + int revision; + const char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + __libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock); + if (domain_file->decided != 0) + { + /* There are two possibilities: + + + this is the same thread calling again during this initialization + via _nl_find_msg. We have initialized everything this call needs. + + + this is another thread which tried to initialize this object. + Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this + is finished. + */ + goto done; + } + + domain_file->decided = -1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + goto out; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + goto out; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + /* Something went wrong. */ + goto out; + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != MAP_FAILED, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + fd = -1; + use_mmap = 1; + } + + assert (MAP_FAILED == (void *) -1); +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + goto out; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + goto out; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + fd = -1; + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + goto out; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + goto out; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); + /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ + switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: + case 1: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = + (domain->hash_size > 2 + ? (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) + : NULL); + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; + + /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ + switch (revision & 0xffff) + { + case 0: + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + break; + case 1: + default: + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + + if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) + /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ + goto invalid; + + n_sysdep_strings = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); + if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; + const char **sysdep_segment_values; + const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; + const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + size_t memneed; + char *mem; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; + unsigned int i, j; + + /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ + n_sysdep_segments = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); + sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); + sysdep_segment_values = + (const char **) + alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) + { + const char *name = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); + nls_uint32 namelen = + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); + + if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) + { + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); + } + + orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); + trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); + + /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. + At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to + an undefined system dependent segment. */ + n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; + memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + size_t needs[2]; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } + + needs[j] = need; + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; + memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; + } + } + memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + + if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + unsigned int k; + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + k = 0; + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is + invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + } + + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ + + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = + (j == 0 + ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab + : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) + + k; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_tab_entry->length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_tab_entry->length = + mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; + } + } + + k++; + } + } + if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) + abort (); + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = + 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) + { + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + } + + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + } + break; + } + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ + invalid: + /* This is an invalid .mo file or we ran out of resources. */ + free (domain->malloced); +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + goto out; + } + + /* No caches of converted translations so far. */ + domain->conversions = NULL; + domain->nconversions = 0; +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_init (domain->conversions_lock); +#else + gl_rwlock_init (domain->conversions_lock); +#endif + + /* Get the header entry and look for a plural specification. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + nullentry = + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen); +#else + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +#endif + if (__builtin_expect (nullentry == (char *) -1, 0)) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_rwlock_fini (domain->conversions_lock); +#endif + goto invalid; + } + EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); + + out: + if (fd != -1) + close (fd); + + domain_file->decided = 1; + + done: + __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock); +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) +{ + size_t i; + + if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp ((struct expression *) domain->plural); + + for (i = 0; i < domain->nconversions; i++) + { + struct converted_domain *convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + + free ((char *) convd->encoding); + if (convd->conv_tab != NULL && convd->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (convd->conv_tab); + if (convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (convd->conv); + } + free (domain->conversions); + __libc_rwlock_fini (domain->conversions_lock); + + free (domain->malloced); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/locale.alias b/REORG.TODO/intl/locale.alias new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab3d1bb033 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/locale.alias @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# Locale name alias data base. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of +# the X Window System, which normally can be found in +# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias +# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. +# All entries are case independent. + +# Note: This file is obsolete and is kept around for the time being for +# backward compatibility. Nobody should rely on the names defined here. +# Locales should always be specified by their full name. + +# Note: This file used to contain the following lines: +# bokmaal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +# franc,ais fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +# except that the "aa" was actually the byte '\0xE5' (the Latin-1 +# encoding for U+00E5 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE) and the +# "c," was actually the byte '\xE7' (the Latin-1 encoding for U+00E7 +# LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA). These lines were removed +# because they caused 'locale -a' to output text encoded in Latin-1, +# which broke applications in UTF-8 locales. See: +# https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18412 + +bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 +croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 +danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 +eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 +french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 +hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 +hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 +icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 +italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 +japanese ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS +korean ko_KR.eucKR +korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR +ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR +lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 +no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 +polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 +portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 +romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 +russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 +slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 +slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 +swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 +thai th_TH.TIS-620 +turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/localealias.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9921aa2825 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING +# include <stdio_ext.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp(s1, s2) __strcasecmp_l (s1, s2, _nl_C_locobj_ptr) + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 +# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) __fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) +#else +# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl +#endif + +libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table (void); +static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (const char *name) +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + if (locale_alias_path == NULL) + locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, + const void *) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions + disabled. */ + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rce"); +#else + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); +#endif + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + +#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING + /* No threads present. */ + __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); +#endif + + added = 0; + while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up + stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of + memory. */ + char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + int complete_line; + + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + /* Determine whether the line is complete. */ + complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR + that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8 + locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these + entries. */ + if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL) +#endif + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + goto out; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + goto out; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = + (const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = + (const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + } + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + if (! complete_line) + do + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL); + } + + out: + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table (void) +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +static int +alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/ngettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7c81d9b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3a45fa92e --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(defined __APPLE_CC_ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && \ + !defined __cplusplus) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +const struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; + +static void +init_germanic_plural (void) +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + +void +internal_function +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + const struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) +{ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + /* First get the number. */ + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) + ++nplurals; + if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) + goto no_plural; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + *npluralsp = n; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + *pluralp = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; + *npluralsp = 2; + } +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.h b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..144aa1ed4b --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H +#define _PLURAL_EXP_H + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +enum expression_operator +{ + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Modulo operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ +}; + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum expression_operator operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used + 1. in the GNU C Library library, + 2. in the GNU libintl library, + 3. in the GNU gettext tools. + The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for + binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, + 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, + 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names + must follow ANSI C and not start with __. + So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural +#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) +# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression +# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression +#endif + +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) + internal_function; +extern int PLURAL_PARSE (struct parse_args *arg); +extern const struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + const struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) + internal_function; + +#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE) +extern unsigned long int plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n); +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2aa7d7d02 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,2012 @@ +/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.7. */ + +/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains + part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work + under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a + parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof + as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute + the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this + special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting + Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public + License without this special exception. + + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in + version 2.2 of Bison. */ + +/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by + simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +/* Identify Bison output. */ +#define YYBISON 1 + +/* Bison version. */ +#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.7" + +/* Skeleton name. */ +#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c" + +/* Pure parsers. */ +#define YYPURE 2 + +/* Push parsers. */ +#define YYPUSH 0 + +/* Pull parsers. */ +#define YYPULL 1 + + +/* Substitute the variable and function names. */ +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs + +/* Copy the first part of user declarations. */ +/* Line 371 of yacc.c */ +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + + +/* Line 371 of yacc.c */ +#line 119 "plural.c" + +# ifndef YY_NULL +# if defined __cplusplus && 201103L <= __cplusplus +# define YY_NULL nullptr +# else +# define YY_NULL 0 +# endif +# endif + +/* Enabling verbose error messages. */ +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1 +#else +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0 +#endif + + +/* Enabling traces. */ +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif +#if YYDEBUG +extern int __gettextdebug; +#endif + +/* Tokens. */ +#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE +# define YYTOKENTYPE + /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers + know about them. */ + enum yytokentype { + EQUOP2 = 258, + CMPOP2 = 259, + ADDOP2 = 260, + MULOP2 = 261, + NUMBER = 262 + }; +#endif +/* Tokens. */ +#define EQUOP2 258 +#define CMPOP2 259 +#define ADDOP2 260 +#define MULOP2 261 +#define NUMBER 262 + + + +#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED +typedef union YYSTYPE +{ +/* Line 387 of yacc.c */ +#line 49 "plural.y" + + unsigned long int num; + enum expression_operator op; + struct expression *exp; + + +/* Line 387 of yacc.c */ +#line 180 "plural.c" +} YYSTYPE; +# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ +# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 +#endif + + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int __gettextparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM); +#else +int __gettextparse (); +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int __gettextparse (struct parse_args *arg); +#else +int __gettextparse (); +#endif +#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ + + + +/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */ +/* Line 390 of yacc.c */ +#line 55 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, struct parse_args *arg); +static void yyerror (struct parse_args *arg, const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op, + struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left, + struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + + +/* Line 390 of yacc.c */ +#line 284 "plural.c" + +#ifdef short +# undef short +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8; +#else +typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8 +typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8; +#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +typedef signed char yytype_int8; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16; +#else +typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16 +typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int16; +#endif + +#ifndef YYSIZE_T +# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__ +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +# elif defined size_t +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# else +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +# endif +#endif + +#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1) + +#ifndef YY_ +# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS +# if ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YY_ +# define YY_(Msgid) Msgid +# endif +#endif + +/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */ +#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__ +# define YYUSE(E) ((void) (E)) +#else +# define YYUSE(E) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */ +#ifndef lint +# define YYID(N) (N) +#else +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static int +YYID (int yyi) +#else +static int +YYID (yyi) + int yyi; +#endif +{ + return yyi; +} +#endif + +#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR +# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# elif defined _AIX +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ + /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h. */ +# ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0)) +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM + /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely + invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number + to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */ +# endif +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC +# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM +# endif +# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \ + && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \ + && (defined YYFREE || defined free))) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYMALLOC +# define YYMALLOC malloc +# if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYFREE +# define YYFREE free +# if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + + +#if (! defined yyoverflow \ + && (! defined __cplusplus \ + || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + yytype_int16 yyss_alloc; + YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc; +}; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM) + +# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1 + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) + +#endif + +#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED +/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, (Count) * sizeof (*(Src))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */ + +/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */ +#define YYFINAL 9 +/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */ +#define YYLAST 54 + +/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */ +#define YYNTOKENS 16 +/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */ +#define YYNNTS 3 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */ +#define YYNRULES 13 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */ +#define YYNSTATES 27 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYUNDEFTOK 2 +#define YYMAXUTOK 262 + +#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \ + ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, + 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 6, 7, + 8, 9, 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in + YYRHS. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 3, 5, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31, + 35, 38, 40, 42 +}; + +/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */ +static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] = +{ + 17, 0, -1, 18, -1, 18, 3, 18, 12, 18, + -1, 18, 4, 18, -1, 18, 5, 18, -1, 18, + 6, 18, -1, 18, 7, 18, -1, 18, 8, 18, + -1, 18, 9, 18, -1, 10, 18, -1, 13, -1, + 11, -1, 14, 18, 15, -1 +}; + +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 152, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 176, 180, 184, + 188, 192, 196, 201 +}; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || 0 +/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM. + First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$end", "error", "$undefined", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", + "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", + "$accept", "start", "exp", YY_NULL +}; +#endif + +# ifdef YYPRINT +/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to + token YYLEX-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] = +{ + 0, 256, 257, 63, 124, 38, 258, 259, 260, 261, + 33, 262, 58, 110, 40, 41 +}; +# endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 16, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, + 18, 18, 18, 18 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 2, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, + 2, 1, 1, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM. + Performed when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero + means the default is an error. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] = +{ + 0, 0, 12, 11, 0, 0, 2, 10, 0, 1, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 4, + 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] = +{ + -1, 5, 6 +}; + +/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing + STATE-NUM. */ +#define YYPACT_NINF -10 +static const yytype_int8 yypact[] = +{ + -9, -9, -10, -10, -9, 8, 36, -10, 13, -10, + -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -10, 26, 41, + 45, 18, -2, 14, -10, -9, 36 +}; + +/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] = +{ + -10, -10, -1 +}; + +/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If + positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which + number is the opposite. If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */ +#define YYTABLE_NINF -1 +static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] = +{ + 7, 1, 2, 8, 3, 4, 15, 16, 9, 18, + 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 10, 11, 12, 13, + 14, 15, 16, 16, 26, 14, 15, 16, 17, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 0, 0, 25, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 12, 13, 14, 15, + 16, 13, 14, 15, 16 +}; + +#define yypact_value_is_default(Yystate) \ + (!!((Yystate) == (-10))) + +#define yytable_value_is_error(Yytable_value) \ + YYID (0) + +static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] = +{ + 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 8, 9, 0, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 3, 4, 5, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 9, 25, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, + 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, 12, 3, + 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 6, 7, 8, 9 +}; + +/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing + symbol of state STATE-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] = +{ + 0, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 18, 18, 0, + 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 15, 18, 18, + 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 12, 18 +}; + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY (-2) +#define YYEOF 0 + +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab + + +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. However, + YYFAIL appears to be in use. Nevertheless, it is formally deprecated + in Bison 2.4.2's NEWS entry, where a plan to phase it out is + discussed. */ + +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab +#if defined YYFAIL + /* This is here to suppress warnings from the GCC cpp's + -Wunused-macros. Normally we don't worry about that warning, but + some users do, and we want to make it easy for users to remove + YYFAIL uses, which will produce warnings from Bison 2.5. */ +#endif + +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) + +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); \ + yystate = *yyssp; \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror (arg, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (YYID (0)) + +/* Error token number */ +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* This macro is provided for backward compatibility. */ +#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT +# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0) +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ +#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +#else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, arg) +#endif + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + { \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \ + yy_symbol_print (stderr, \ + Type, Value, arg); \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \ + } \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, struct parse_args *arg) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, arg) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; + struct parse_args *arg; +#endif +{ + FILE *yyo = yyoutput; + YYUSE (yyo); + if (!yyvaluep) + return; + YYUSE (arg); +# ifdef YYPRINT + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep); +# else + YYUSE (yyoutput); +# endif + switch (yytype) + { + default: + break; + } +} + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, struct parse_args *arg) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, arg) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; + struct parse_args *arg; +#endif +{ + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]); + else + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]); + + yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, arg); + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")"); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its | +| TOP (included). | +`------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop) +#else +static void +yy_stack_print (yybottom, yytop) + yytype_int16 *yybottom; + yytype_int16 *yytop; +#endif +{ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now"); + for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++) + { + int yybot = *yybottom; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot); + } + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); +} + +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*------------------------------------------------. +| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. | +`------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, int yyrule, struct parse_args *arg) +#else +static void +yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yyrule, arg) + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + int yyrule; + struct parse_args *arg; +#endif +{ + int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule]; + int yyi; + unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule]; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n", + yyrule - 1, yylno); + /* The symbols being reduced. */ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++) + { + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1); + yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi], + &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) + , arg); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +} + +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, Rule, arg); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + + +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +#else +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +#endif +{ + YYSIZE_T yylen; + for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++) + continue; + return yylen; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static char * +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +#else +static char * +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +#endif +{ + char *yyd = yydest; + const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yytnamerr +/* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary + quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The + heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string + contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than + backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is + null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result + would have been. */ +static YYSIZE_T +yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr) +{ + if (*yystr == '"') + { + YYSIZE_T yyn = 0; + char const *yyp = yystr; + + for (;;) + switch (*++yyp) + { + case '\'': + case ',': + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + + case '\\': + if (*++yyp != '\\') + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + /* Fall through. */ + default: + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = *yyp; + yyn++; + break; + + case '"': + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = '\0'; + return yyn; + } + do_not_strip_quotes: ; + } + + if (! yyres) + return yystrlen (yystr); + + return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres; +} +# endif + +/* Copy into *YYMSG, which is of size *YYMSG_ALLOC, an error message + about the unexpected token YYTOKEN for the state stack whose top is + YYSSP. + + Return 0 if *YYMSG was successfully written. Return 1 if *YYMSG is + not large enough to hold the message. In that case, also set + *YYMSG_ALLOC to the required number of bytes. Return 2 if the + required number of bytes is too large to store. */ +static int +yysyntax_error (YYSIZE_T *yymsg_alloc, char **yymsg, + yytype_int16 *yyssp, int yytoken) +{ + YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (YY_NULL, yytname[yytoken]); + YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0; + enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 }; + /* Internationalized format string. */ + const char *yyformat = YY_NULL; + /* Arguments of yyformat. */ + char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM]; + /* Number of reported tokens (one for the "unexpected", one per + "expected"). */ + int yycount = 0; + + /* There are many possibilities here to consider: + - Assume YYFAIL is not used. It's too flawed to consider. See + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bison-patches/2009-12/msg00024.html> + for details. YYERROR is fine as it does not invoke this + function. + - If this state is a consistent state with a default action, then + the only way this function was invoked is if the default action + is an error action. In that case, don't check for expected + tokens because there are none. + - The only way there can be no lookahead present (in yychar) is if + this state is a consistent state with a default action. Thus, + detecting the absence of a lookahead is sufficient to determine + that there is no unexpected or expected token to report. In that + case, just report a simple "syntax error". + - Don't assume there isn't a lookahead just because this state is a + consistent state with a default action. There might have been a + previous inconsistent state, consistent state with a non-default + action, or user semantic action that manipulated yychar. + - Of course, the expected token list depends on states to have + correct lookahead information, and it depends on the parser not + to perform extra reductions after fetching a lookahead from the + scanner and before detecting a syntax error. Thus, state merging + (from LALR or IELR) and default reductions corrupt the expected + token list. However, the list is correct for canonical LR with + one exception: it will still contain any token that will not be + accepted due to an error action in a later state. + */ + if (yytoken != YYEMPTY) + { + int yyn = yypact[*yyssp]; + yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yytoken]; + if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn)) + { + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. In other words, skip the first -YYN actions for + this state because they are default actions. */ + int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */ + int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1; + int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS; + int yyx; + + for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR + && !yytable_value_is_error (yytable[yyx + yyn])) + { + if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM) + { + yycount = 1; + yysize = yysize0; + break; + } + yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx]; + { + YYSIZE_T yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (YY_NULL, yytname[yyx]); + if (! (yysize <= yysize1 + && yysize1 <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) + return 2; + yysize = yysize1; + } + } + } + } + + switch (yycount) + { +# define YYCASE_(N, S) \ + case N: \ + yyformat = S; \ + break + YYCASE_(0, YY_("syntax error")); + YYCASE_(1, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s")); + YYCASE_(2, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s")); + YYCASE_(3, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s")); + YYCASE_(4, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s")); + YYCASE_(5, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s")); +# undef YYCASE_ + } + + { + YYSIZE_T yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyformat); + if (! (yysize <= yysize1 && yysize1 <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) + return 2; + yysize = yysize1; + } + + if (*yymsg_alloc < yysize) + { + *yymsg_alloc = 2 * yysize; + if (! (yysize <= *yymsg_alloc + && *yymsg_alloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) + *yymsg_alloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM; + return 1; + } + + /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space. + Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation + produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */ + { + char *yyp = *yymsg; + int yyi = 0; + while ((*yyp = *yyformat) != '\0') + if (*yyp == '%' && yyformat[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount) + { + yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]); + yyformat += 2; + } + else + { + yyp++; + yyformat++; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------. +| Release the memory associated to this symbol. | +`-----------------------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, struct parse_args *arg) +#else +static void +yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, arg) + const char *yymsg; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE *yyvaluep; + struct parse_args *arg; +#endif +{ + YYUSE (yyvaluep); + YYUSE (arg); + + if (!yymsg) + yymsg = "Deleting"; + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp); + + switch (yytype) + { + + default: + break; + } +} + + + + +/*----------. +| yyparse. | +`----------*/ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM) +#else +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM) + void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (struct parse_args *arg) +#else +int +yyparse (arg) + struct parse_args *arg; +#endif +#endif +{ +/* The lookahead symbol. */ +int yychar; + + +#if defined __GNUC__ && 407 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__ +/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized. */ +# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN \ + _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")\ + _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"") +# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END \ + _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop") +#else +/* Default value used for initialization, for pacifying older GCCs + or non-GCC compilers. */ +static YYSTYPE yyval_default; +# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) = Value +#endif +#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN +# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN +# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END +#endif +#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE +# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */ +#endif + +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ +YYSTYPE yylval YY_INITIAL_VALUE(yyval_default); + + /* Number of syntax errors so far. */ + int yynerrs; + + int yystate; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + + /* The stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states. + `yyvs': related to semantic values. + + Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + yytype_int16 *yyss; + yytype_int16 *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs; + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize; + + int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yytoken = 0; + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; + +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */ + char yymsgbuf[128]; + char *yymsg = yymsgbuf; + YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; +#endif + +#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N)) + + /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule. + Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */ + int yylen = 0; + + yyssp = yyss = yyssa; + yyvsp = yyvs = yyvsa; + yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a + conditional around just the two extra args, but that might + be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"), + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yystacksize); + + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyexhaustedlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs); +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + if (yystate == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + goto yybackup; + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + + /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a + lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn)) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol. */ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + yychar = yytoken = YYEOF; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + } + + /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to + detect an error, take that action. */ + yyn += yytoken; + if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken) + goto yydefault; + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn <= 0) + { + if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn)) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + + /* Discard the shifted token. */ + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + yystate = yyn; + YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN + *++yyvsp = yylval; + YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage. + This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + + + YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn); + switch (yyn) + { + case 2: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 153 "plural.y" + { + if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].exp) == NULL) + YYABORT; + arg->res = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].exp); + } + break; + + case 3: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 161 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_3 (qmop, (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].exp), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 4: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 165 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (lor, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 5: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 169 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (land, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 6: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 173 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 7: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 177 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 8: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 181 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 9: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 185 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 10: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 189 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_1 (lnot, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 11: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 193 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (var); + } + break; + + case 12: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 197 "plural.y" + { + if (((yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + (yyval.exp)->val.num = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].num); + } + break; + + case 13: +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 202 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].exp); + } + break; + + +/* Line 1792 of yacc.c */ +#line 1604 "plural.c" + default: break; + } + /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires + that yytoken be updated with the new translation. We take the + approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken. + One alternative is translating here after every semantic action, + but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes + YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or + if it invokes YYBACKUP. In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an + incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately. In the + case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead + to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message + before the lookahead is translated. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc); + + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + + *++yyvsp = yyval; + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp; + if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation. See comments at + user semantic actions for why this is necessary. */ + yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; +#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyerror (arg, YY_("syntax error")); +#else +# define YYSYNTAX_ERROR yysyntax_error (&yymsg_alloc, &yymsg, \ + yyssp, yytoken) + { + char const *yymsgp = YY_("syntax error"); + int yysyntax_error_status; + yysyntax_error_status = YYSYNTAX_ERROR; + if (yysyntax_error_status == 0) + yymsgp = yymsg; + else if (yysyntax_error_status == 1) + { + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yymsg_alloc); + if (!yymsg) + { + yymsg = yymsgbuf; + yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; + yysyntax_error_status = 2; + } + else + { + yysyntax_error_status = YYSYNTAX_ERROR; + yymsgp = yymsg; + } + } + yyerror (arg, yymsgp); + if (yysyntax_error_status == 2) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + } +# undef YYSYNTAX_ERROR +#endif + } + + + + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + /* Return failure if at end of input. */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + } + else + { + yydestruct ("Error: discarding", + yytoken, &yylval, arg); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*---------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. | +`---------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrorlab: + + /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes + YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user + code. */ + if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) + goto yyerrorlab; + + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYERROR. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + yystate = *yyssp; + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */ + + for (;;) + { + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn)) + { + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR) + { + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (0 < yyn) + break; + } + } + + /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */ + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + + + yydestruct ("Error: popping", + yystos[yystate], yyvsp, arg); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + yystate = *yyssp; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + } + + YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN + *++yyvsp = yylval; + YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END + + + /* Shift the error token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp); + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +#if !defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE +/*-------------------------------------------------. +| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. | +`-------------------------------------------------*/ +yyexhaustedlab: + yyerror (arg, YY_("memory exhausted")); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ +#endif + +yyreturn: + if (yychar != YYEMPTY) + { + /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation. See comments at + user semantic actions for why this is necessary. */ + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead", + yytoken, &yylval, arg); + } + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + while (yyssp != yyss) + { + yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping", + yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, arg); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + } +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); +#endif + /* Make sure YYID is used. */ + return YYID (yyresult); +} + + +/* Line 2055 of yacc.c */ +#line 207 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, struct parse_args *arg) +{ + const char *exp = arg->cp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + arg->cp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + arg->cp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (struct parse_args *arg, const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.y b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f945659d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +%} +%parse-param {struct parse_args *arg} +%lex-param {struct parse_args *arg} +%define api.pure full +%expect 7 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum expression_operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, struct parse_args *arg); +static void yyerror (struct parse_args *arg, const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op, + struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left, + struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token <num> NUMBER +%type <exp> exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + arg->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, struct parse_args *arg) +{ + const char *exp = arg->cp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + arg->cp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + arg->cp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (struct parse_args *arg, const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/po2test.awk b/REORG.TODO/intl/po2test.awk new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..335acb183e --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/po2test.awk @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# po2test.awk - Convert Uniforum style .po file to C code for testing. +# Copyright (C) 2012-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# + +# Output current message (in msg) as argument of the INPUT or OUTPUT macro, +# depending on msgtype +function output_message() { + # Ignore messages containing <PRI.*> markers which would have to be + # replaced by the correct format depending on the word size + if (msg && msg !~ /<PRI.*>/) + printf ("%s(%s)\n", msgtype == "msgid" ? "INPUT" : "OUTPUT", msg) + msg = 0 +} + +$1 ~ /msg(id|str)/ { + # Output collected message + output_message() + # Collect next message + msgtype = $1 + sub(/^msg(id|str)[ \t]*/, "", $0) + msg = $0 + next +} + +/^".*"/ { + # Append to current message + msg = msg "\n" $0 +} + +END { + # Output last collected message + output_message() +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/textdomain.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acaf2b2d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/translit.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/translit.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5df5d0d064 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/translit.po @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" + +msgid "test" +msgstr "«© Æß»" + +msgid "onemore" +msgstr "½*½=¼" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-codeset.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-codeset.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..628b2ccc4b --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-codeset.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Test of bind_textdomain_codeset. + Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +static int +do_test (void) +{ + char *s; + int result = 0; + + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + setlocale (LC_ALL, "de_DE.ISO-8859-1"); + textdomain ("codeset"); + bindtextdomain ("codeset", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + + /* Here we expect output in ISO-8859-1. */ + s = gettext ("cheese"); + if (strcmp (s, "K\344se")) + { + printf ("call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + + bind_textdomain_codeset ("codeset", "UTF-8"); + + /* Here we expect output in UTF-8. */ + s = gettext ("cheese"); + if (strcmp (s, "K\303\244se")) + { + printf ("call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + + return result; +} + +#define TEST_FUNCTION do_test () +#include "../test-skeleton.c" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8801ef0b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/* Test of the gettext functions. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <mcheck.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <error.h> +#include <errno.h> + + +const struct +{ + const char *msgid; + const char *msgstr; +} msgs[] = +{ +#define INPUT(Str) { Str, +#define OUTPUT(Str) Str }, +#include TESTSTRS_H +}; + +const char *catname[] = +{ + [LC_MESSAGES] = "LC_MESSAGES", + [LC_TIME] = "LC_TIME", + [LC_NUMERIC] = "LC_NUMERIC" +}; + + +static int positive_gettext_test (void); +static int negative_gettext_test (void); +static int positive_dgettext_test (const char *domain); +static int positive_dcgettext_test (const char *domain, int category); +static int negative_dcgettext_test (const char *domain, int category); + + +#define check_setlocale(cat, name) do { \ + if (setlocale (cat, name) == NULL) \ + { \ + printf ("%s:%u: setlocale (%s, \"%s\"): %m\n", \ + __FILE__, __LINE__, #cat, name); \ + result = 1; \ + } \ + } while (0) + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int result = 0; + + /* For debugging. */ + mtrace (); + + /* This is the place where the .mo files are placed. */ + if (argc > 1) + { + bindtextdomain ("existing-domain", argv[1]); + bindtextdomain ("existing-time-domain", argv[1]); + bindtextdomain ("non-existing-domain", argv[1]); + } + + /* The locale the catalog is created for is "existing-category". Now + set the various variables in question to this value and run the + test. */ + setenv ("LANGUAGE", "existing-locale", 1); + setenv ("LC_ALL", "non-existing-locale", 1); + setenv ("LC_MESSAGES", "non-existing-locale", 1); + setenv ("LC_CTYPE", "non-existing-locale", 1); + setenv ("LANG", "non-existing-locale", 1); + check_setlocale (LC_CTYPE, "de_DE.UTF-8"); + check_setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, "de_DE.UTF-8"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + /* This is the name of the existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. */ + textdomain ("existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LANGUAGE set"); + if (positive_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* This is the name of a non-existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. We leave this value set for the `dgettext' + and `dcgettext' tests. */ + textdomain ("non-existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LANGUAGE set"); + if (negative_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + puts ("test `dgettext' with LANGUAGE set"); + if (positive_dgettext_test ("existing-domain") != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + + /* Now the same tests with LC_ALL deciding. */ + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + setenv ("LC_ALL", "existing-locale", 1); + check_setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + puts ("test `gettext' with LC_ALL set"); + /* This is the name of the existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. */ + textdomain ("existing-domain"); + if (positive_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* This is the name of a non-existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. We leave this value set for the `dgettext' + and `dcgettext' tests. */ + textdomain ("non-existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LC_ALL deciding"); + if (negative_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + puts ("test `dgettext' with LC_ALL deciding"); + if (positive_dgettext_test ("existing-domain") != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + + /* Now the same tests with LC_MESSAGES deciding. */ + unsetenv ("LC_ALL"); + setenv ("LC_MESSAGES", "existing-locale", 1); + check_setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); + setenv ("LC_TIME", "existing-locale", 1); + check_setlocale (LC_TIME, ""); + setenv ("LC_NUMERIC", "non-existing-locale", 1); + char *what = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, ""); + if (what != NULL) + { + printf ("setlocale succeeded (%s), expected failure\n", what); + result = 1; + } + + puts ("test `gettext' with LC_MESSAGES set"); + /* This is the name of the existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. */ + textdomain ("existing-domain"); + if (positive_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* This is the name of a non-existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. We leave this value set for the `dgettext' + and `dcgettext' tests. */ + textdomain ("non-existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LC_MESSAGES deciding"); + if (negative_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + puts ("test `dgettext' with LC_MESSAGES deciding"); + if (positive_dgettext_test ("existing-domain") != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + puts ("test `dcgettext' with category == LC_MESSAGES"); + if (positive_dcgettext_test ("existing-domain", LC_MESSAGES) != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* Try a different category. For this we also switch the domain. */ + puts ("test `dcgettext' with LANGUAGE == LC_TIME"); + if (positive_dcgettext_test ("existing-time-domain", LC_TIME) != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* This time use a category for which there is no catalog. */ + puts ("test `dcgettext' with LANGUAGE == LC_NUMERIC"); + if (negative_dcgettext_test ("existing-domain", LC_NUMERIC) != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + + /* Now the same tests with LANG deciding. */ + unsetenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); + unsetenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + unsetenv ("LC_TIME"); + unsetenv ("LC_NUMERIC"); + setenv ("LANG", "existing-locale", 1); + check_setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + /* This is the name of the existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. */ + textdomain ("existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LANG set"); + if (positive_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + /* This is the name of a non-existing domain with a catalog for the + LC_MESSAGES category. We leave this value set for the `dgettext' + and `dcgettext' tests. */ + textdomain ("non-existing-domain"); + puts ("test `gettext' with LANG set"); + if (negative_gettext_test () != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + puts ("test `dgettext' with LANG set"); + if (positive_dgettext_test ("existing-domain") != 0) + { + puts ("FAILED"); + result = 1; + } + + check_setlocale (LC_ALL, "C"); + + return result; +} + + +static int +positive_gettext_test (void) +{ + size_t cnt; + int result = 0; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (msgs) / sizeof (msgs[0]); ++cnt) + { + const char *found = gettext (msgs[cnt].msgid); + + if (found == NULL + || (msgs[cnt].msgstr[0] != '\0' + && strcmp (found, msgs[cnt].msgstr) != 0)) + { + /* Oops, shouldn't happen. */ + printf ("\ + gettext (\"%s\") failed, returned \"%s\", expected \"%s\"\n", + msgs[cnt].msgid, found, msgs[cnt].msgstr); + result = 1; + } + } + + return result; +} + + +static int +negative_gettext_test (void) +{ + size_t cnt; + int result = 0; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (msgs) / sizeof (msgs[0]); ++cnt) + { + const char *found = gettext (msgs[cnt].msgid); + + if (found != msgs[cnt].msgid) + { + /* Oops, shouldn't happen. */ + printf (" gettext (\"%s\") failed\n", msgs[cnt].msgid); + result = 1; + } + } + + return result; +} + + +static int +positive_dgettext_test (const char *domain) +{ + size_t cnt; + int result = 0; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (msgs) / sizeof (msgs[0]); ++cnt) + { + const char *found = dgettext (domain, msgs[cnt].msgid); + + if (found == NULL + || (msgs[cnt].msgstr[0] != '\0' + && strcmp (found, msgs[cnt].msgstr) != 0)) + { + /* Oops, shouldn't happen. */ + printf ("\ + dgettext (\"%s\", \"%s\") failed, returned \"%s\", expected \"%s\"\n", + domain, msgs[cnt].msgid, found, msgs[cnt].msgstr); + result = 1; + } + } + + return result; +} + + +static int +positive_dcgettext_test (const char *domain, int category) +{ + size_t cnt; + int result = 0; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (msgs) / sizeof (msgs[0]); ++cnt) + { + const char *found = dcgettext (domain, msgs[cnt].msgid, category); + + if (found == NULL + || (msgs[cnt].msgstr[0] != '\0' + && strcmp (found, msgs[cnt].msgstr) != 0)) + { + /* Oops, shouldn't happen. */ + printf ("\ + dcgettext (\"%s\", \"%s\", %s) failed, returned \"%s\", expected \"%s\"\n", + domain, msgs[cnt].msgid, catname[category], found, + msgs[cnt].msgstr); + result = 1; + } + } + + return result; +} + + +static int +negative_dcgettext_test (const char *domain, int category) +{ + size_t cnt; + int result = 0; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (msgs) / sizeof (msgs[0]); ++cnt) + { + const char *found = dcgettext (domain, msgs[cnt].msgid, category); + + if (found != msgs[cnt].msgid) + { + /* Oops, shouldn't happen. */ + printf (" dcgettext (\"%s\", \"%s\", %s) failed\n", + domain, msgs[cnt].msgid, catname[category]); + result = 1; + } + } + + return result; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.sh b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5c4775b817 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext.sh @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Test of gettext functions. +# Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +set -e + +common_objpfx=$1 +test_program_prefix_before_env=$2 +run_program_env=$3 +test_program_prefix_after_env=$4 +objpfx=$5 +malloc_trace=$6 + +# Generate the test data. + +# Create the locale directories. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}localedir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES +for f in ADDRESS COLLATE CTYPE IDENTIFICATION MEASUREMENT MONETARY NAME NUMERIC PAPER TELEPHONE TIME; do + cp -f ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_$f \ + ${objpfx}localedir/existing-locale +done +cp -f ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES \ + ${objpfx}localedir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES + +# Create the domain directories. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir/existing-locale/LC_TIME +# Populate them. +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES/existing-domain.mo \ + -f ../po/de.po +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/existing-locale/LC_TIME/existing-time-domain.mo \ + -f ../po/de.po + +# Now run the test. +${test_program_prefix_before_env} \ +${run_program_env} \ +MALLOC_TRACE=$malloc_trace \ +LOCPATH=${objpfx}localedir:${common_objpfx}localedata \ +${test_program_prefix_after_env} \ +${objpfx}tst-gettext > ${objpfx}tst-gettext.out ${objpfx}domaindir + +exit $? diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..894e09e41e --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.c @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* Test of the gettext functions. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@suse.de> and + Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de>, 2000. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#include <locale.h> +#include <libintl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +#define N_(msgid) msgid + +struct data_t +{ + const char *selection; + const char *description; +}; + +int data_cnt = 2; +struct data_t strings[] = +{ + { "String1", N_("First string for testing.") }, + { "String2", N_("Another string for testing.") } +}; + +const int lang_cnt = 3; +const char *lang[] = {"lang1", "lang2", "lang3"}; + +static int +do_test (void) +{ + int i; + + /* Clean up environment. */ + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("LC_ALL"); + unsetenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); + unsetenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + unsetenv ("LANG"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + + textdomain ("tstlang"); + + for (i = 0; i < lang_cnt; ++i) + { + int j; + + if (setlocale (LC_ALL, lang[i]) == NULL) + setlocale (LC_ALL, "C"); + bindtextdomain ("tstlang", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + + for (j = 0; j < data_cnt; ++j) + printf ("%s - %s\n", strings[j].selection, + gettext (strings[j].description)); + } + + return 0; +} + +#define TEST_FUNCTION do_test () +#include "../test-skeleton.c" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.sh b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad4f86d76b --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext2.sh @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Test of gettext functions. +# Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +set -e + +common_objpfx=$1 +test_program_prefix_before_env=$2 +run_program_env=$3 +test_program_prefix_after_env=$4 +objpfx=$5 + +# Generate the test data. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir +# Create the locale directories. +mkdir -p \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1/LC_MESSAGES \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2/LC_MESSAGES + +for f in ADDRESS COLLATE CTYPE IDENTIFICATION MEASUREMENT MONETARY NAME NUMERIC PAPER TELEPHONE TIME; do + [ -e ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1/LC_$f ] || + cp ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.ISO-8859-1/LC_$f \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1 + [ -e ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2/LC_$f ] || + cp ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.ISO-8859-1/LC_$f \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2 +done +test -e ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES || { + cp ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.ISO-8859-1/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1/LC_MESSAGES +} +test -e ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES || { + cp ${common_objpfx}localedata/de_DE.ISO-8859-1/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES \ + ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2/LC_MESSAGES +} + +# Populate them. +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/lang1/LC_MESSAGES/tstlang.mo \ + tstlang1.po + +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/lang2/LC_MESSAGES/tstlang.mo \ + tstlang2.po + +# Now run the test. +${test_program_prefix_before_env} \ +${run_program_env} \ +LOCPATH=${objpfx}domaindir \ +${test_program_prefix_after_env} \ +${objpfx}tst-gettext2 > ${objpfx}tst-gettext2.out ${objpfx}domaindir && +cmp ${objpfx}tst-gettext2.out - <<EOF +String1 - Lang1: 1st string +String2 - Lang1: 2nd string +String1 - Lang2: 1st string +String2 - Lang2: 2nd string +String1 - First string for testing. +String2 - Another string for testing. +EOF + +exit $? diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext3.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41f0863e79 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext3.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* Test that the gettext() results come out in the correct encoding for + locales that differ only in their encoding. + Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001, 2005. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +static int +do_test (void) +{ + char *s; + int result = 0; + + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + textdomain ("codeset"); + bindtextdomain ("codeset", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + + setlocale (LC_ALL, "de_DE.ISO-8859-1"); + + /* Here we expect output in ISO-8859-1. */ + s = gettext ("cheese"); + if (strcmp (s, "K\344se")) + { + printf ("call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + + setlocale (LC_ALL, "de_DE.UTF-8"); + + /* Here we expect output in UTF-8. */ + s = gettext ("cheese"); + if (strcmp (s, "K\303\244se")) + { + printf ("call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + + return result; +} + +#define TEST_FUNCTION do_test () +#include "../test-skeleton.c" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-de.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-de.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a8d099398 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-de.po @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" + +msgid "beauty" +msgstr "Schönheit" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-fr.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8332c2d9f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4-fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" + +msgid "beauty" +msgstr "beauté" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc4365588a --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.c @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* Test that gettext() in multithreaded applications works correctly if + different threads operate in different locales with the same encoding. + Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Set to 1 if the program is not behaving correctly. */ +int result; + +/* Denotes which thread should run next. */ +int flipflop; +/* Lock and wait queue used to switch between the threads. */ +pthread_mutex_t lock; +pthread_cond_t waitqueue; + +/* Waits until the flipflop has a given value. + Before the call, the lock is unlocked. After the call, it is locked. */ +static void +waitfor (int value) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock)) + exit (10); + while (flipflop != value) + if (pthread_cond_wait (&waitqueue, &lock)) + exit (11); +} + +/* Sets the flipflop to a given value. + Before the call, the lock is locked. After the call, it is unlocked. */ +static void +setto (int value) +{ + flipflop = value; + if (pthread_cond_signal (&waitqueue)) + exit (20); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock)) + exit (21); +} + +void * +thread1_execution (void *arg) +{ + char *s; + + waitfor (1); + uselocale (newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "de_DE.ISO-8859-1", NULL)); + setto (2); + + waitfor (1); + s = gettext ("beauty"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "Sch\366nheit")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 1 call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (2); + + waitfor (1); + s = gettext ("beauty"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "Sch\366nheit")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 1 call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (2); + + return NULL; +} + +void * +thread2_execution (void *arg) +{ + char *s; + + waitfor (2); + uselocale (newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "fr_FR.ISO-8859-1", NULL)); + setto (1); + + waitfor (2); + s = gettext ("beauty"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "beaut\351")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 2 call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (1); + + waitfor (2); + s = gettext ("beauty"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "beaut\351")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 2 call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (1); + + return NULL; +} + +int +main (void) +{ + pthread_t thread1; + pthread_t thread2; + + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + textdomain ("multithread"); + bindtextdomain ("multithread", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + result = 0; + + flipflop = 1; + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_cond_init (&waitqueue, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_create (&thread1, NULL, &thread1_execution, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_create (&thread2, NULL, &thread2_execution, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_join (thread2, NULL)) + exit (3); + + return result; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.sh b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3253b0cc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext4.sh @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Test that gettext() in multithreaded applications works correctly if +# different threads operate in different locales with the same encoding. +# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +set -e + +common_objpfx=$1 +test_program_prefix=$2 +objpfx=$3 + +# Create the domain directories. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir/fr_FR/LC_MESSAGES +# Populate them. +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/multithread.mo tst-gettext4-de.po +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/fr_FR/LC_MESSAGES/multithread.mo tst-gettext4-fr.po + +${test_program_prefix} ${objpfx}tst-gettext4 > ${objpfx}tst-gettext4.out + +exit $? diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext5.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext5.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f373f354dc --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext5.c @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* Test that gettext() in multithreaded applications works correctly if + different threads operate in different locales referring to the same + catalog file but with different encodings. + Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Set to 1 if the program is not behaving correctly. */ +int result; + +/* Denotes which thread should run next. */ +int flipflop; +/* Lock and wait queue used to switch between the threads. */ +pthread_mutex_t lock; +pthread_cond_t waitqueue; + +/* Waits until the flipflop has a given value. + Before the call, the lock is unlocked. After the call, it is locked. */ +static void +waitfor (int value) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock)) + exit (10); + while (flipflop != value) + if (pthread_cond_wait (&waitqueue, &lock)) + exit (11); +} + +/* Sets the flipflop to a given value. + Before the call, the lock is locked. After the call, it is unlocked. */ +static void +setto (int value) +{ + flipflop = value; + if (pthread_cond_signal (&waitqueue)) + exit (20); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock)) + exit (21); +} + +void * +thread1_execution (void *arg) +{ + char *s; + + waitfor (1); + uselocale (newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "de_DE.ISO-8859-1", NULL)); + setto (2); + + /* Here we expect output in ISO-8859-1. */ + + waitfor (1); + s = gettext ("cheese"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "K\344se")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 1 call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (2); + + waitfor (1); + s = gettext ("cheese"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "K\344se")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 1 call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (2); + + return NULL; +} + +void * +thread2_execution (void *arg) +{ + char *s; + + waitfor (2); + uselocale (newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "de_DE.UTF-8", NULL)); + setto (1); + + /* Here we expect output in UTF-8. */ + + waitfor (2); + s = gettext ("cheese"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "K\303\244se")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 2 call 1 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (1); + + waitfor (2); + s = gettext ("cheese"); + puts (s); + if (strcmp (s, "K\303\244se")) + { + fprintf (stderr, "thread 2 call 2 returned: %s\n", s); + result = 1; + } + setto (1); + + return NULL; +} + +int +main (void) +{ + pthread_t thread1; + pthread_t thread2; + + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + textdomain ("codeset"); + bindtextdomain ("codeset", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + result = 0; + + flipflop = 1; + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_cond_init (&waitqueue, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_create (&thread1, NULL, &thread1_execution, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_create (&thread2, NULL, &thread2_execution, NULL)) + exit (2); + if (pthread_join (thread2, NULL)) + exit (3); + + return result; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dca19f50d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* Test that gettext() in multithreaded applications works correctly. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>, 2008. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +pthread_barrier_t b; + +static void * +tf (void *arg) +{ + pthread_barrier_wait (&b); + return gettext ("Operation not permitted"); +} + +int +test (void) +{ + pthread_t th[4]; + unsetenv ("LANGUAGE"); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + textdomain ("tstgettext6"); + bindtextdomain ("tstgettext6", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + setlocale (LC_ALL, "ja_JP.UTF-8"); + pthread_barrier_init (&b, NULL, 4); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + if (pthread_create (&th[i], NULL, tf, NULL)) + { + puts ("pthread_create failed"); + return 1; + } + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + pthread_join (th[i], NULL); + return 0; +} + +int +main (void) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < 300; i++) + { + pid_t p = fork (); + if (p == -1) + { + printf ("fork failed: %m\n"); + return 1; + } + if (p == 0) + _exit (test ()); + int status; + wait (&status); + if (WIFEXITED (status) && WEXITSTATUS (status) != 0) + { + printf ("child exited with %d\n", WEXITSTATUS (status)); + return 1; + } + else if (WIFSIGNALED (status)) + { + printf ("child killed by signal %d\n", WTERMSIG (status)); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.sh b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ef5c9713c --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-gettext6.sh @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Test that gettext() in multithreaded applications works correctly. +# Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +set -e + +common_objpfx=$1 +test_program_prefix=$2 +objpfx=$3 + +# Create the domain directory. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}domaindir/ja_JP/LC_MESSAGES +# Populate it. +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/ja_JP/LC_MESSAGES/tstgettext6.mo ../po/ja.po + +${test_program_prefix} ${objpfx}tst-gettext6 > ${objpfx}tst-gettext6.out + +exit $? diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-ngettext.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f562047f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Test of the ngettext functions. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <langinfo.h> +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + + +static int +do_test (void) +{ + const char *strs[2] = { "singular", "plural" }; + unsigned long int i; + int res = 0; + + /* We don't want any translation here. */ + setenv ("LANGUAGE", "C", 1); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + + for (i = 0; i < 30; ++i) + { + char *tr; + + tr = ngettext (strs[0], strs[1], i); +#define TEST \ + do \ + if (tr != strs[i != 1]) \ + { \ + if (strcmp (tr, strs[i != 1]) == 0) \ + printf ("%lu: correct string, wrong pointer (%s)\n", i, tr); \ + else \ + printf ("%lu: wrong result (%s)\n", i, tr); \ + res = 1; \ + } \ + while (0) + TEST; + + tr = dngettext ("messages", strs[0], strs[1], i); + TEST; + + tr = dcngettext ("messages", strs[0], strs[1], i, LC_MESSAGES); + TEST; + } + + return res; +} + +#define TEST_FUNCTION do_test () +#include "../test-skeleton.c" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.c b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8bd8a86e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.c @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Test of translitation in the gettext functions. + Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <libintl.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +static int +do_test (void) +{ + int result = 0; + const char *s; + + setenv ("LANGUAGE", "existing-locale", 1); + unsetenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + setlocale (LC_ALL, "en_US.ANSI_X3.4-1968"); + textdomain ("translit"); + bindtextdomain ("translit", OBJPFX "domaindir"); + +#define TEST(in, exp) \ + s = gettext (in); \ + puts (s); \ + result |= strcmp (s, exp) != 0; + + TEST ("test", "<<(C) AEss>>"); + TEST ("test", "<<(C) AEss>>"); + TEST ("onemore", " 1/2 * 1/2 = 1/4 "); + TEST ("onemore", " 1/2 * 1/2 = 1/4 "); + TEST ("test", "<<(C) AEss>>"); + + return result; +} + +#define TEST_FUNCTION do_test () +#include "../test-skeleton.c" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.sh b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e999564bf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tst-translit.sh @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Test of transliteration in gettext functions. +# Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Lesser General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see +# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +set -e + +common_objpfx=$1 +test_program_prefix=$2 +objpfx=$3 + +# Create the locale directories. +mkdir -p ${objpfx}localedir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES + +msgfmt -o ${objpfx}domaindir/existing-locale/LC_MESSAGES/translit.mo \ + translit.po + +${test_program_prefix} \ +${objpfx}tst-translit > ${objpfx}tst-translit.out ${objpfx}domaindir + +exit $? diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tstcodeset.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstcodeset.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a6231d600 --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstcodeset.po @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" + +msgid "cheese" +msgstr "Käse" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang1.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang1.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c411ce116f --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang1.po @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7-bit\n" + +#: tst-gettext2.c:33 +msgid "First string for testing." +msgstr "Lang1: 1st string" + +#: tst-gettext2.c:34 +msgid "Another string for testing." +msgstr "Lang1: 2nd string" diff --git a/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang2.po b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang2.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1606c8ede --- /dev/null +++ b/REORG.TODO/intl/tstlang2.po @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7-bit\n" + +#: tst-gettext2.c:33 +msgid "First string for testing." +msgstr "Lang2: 1st string" + +#: tst-gettext2.c:34 +msgid "Another string for testing." +msgstr "Lang2: 2nd string" |